https://wiki.mupssoft.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=TolstiiMupssoft Wiki - User contributions [en]2026-04-05T19:46:27ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.35.3https://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1188Changelog2026-02-11T10:28:50Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.23 x64 (February 11, 2026)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>2FA module - improved stability for a large number of clients</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website</li><br />
<li>Added the ability to record and execute your own commands</li><br />
</ul></p> <br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.20 x64 (December 22, 2025)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - added Radius client for users DB</li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed telnet connection</li><br />
<li>Removed module Traffic (There will be a new NetFlow module; licenses fromTraffic will be transferred to NetFlow for free.)</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website for the long-term version</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.15 x64 (July 7, 2024)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to connect to multiple MUPSBOX servers on the MUPSBOX client</li><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to use the device's IP address as a name</li><br />
<li>Settings - Added the ability to disable the use of multiple IPs (added in previous version). Allows you to quickly connect to the device.</li><br />
<li>Device module - added D-Link some devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L2 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L3 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added Cisco some devices</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - added the ability to change color based on events</li><br />
<li>2FA module - NEW module in MUPSBOX, NEW service</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support PPP tunnels</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support WireGuard tunnel</li><br />
<li>Fix - backup to FTP Server</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website for the long-term version</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added direction for track</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1187Changelog2026-02-11T10:21:36Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.20 x64 (December 22, 2025)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - added Radius client for users DB</li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed telnet connection</li><br />
<li>Removed module Traffic (There will be a new NetFlow module; licenses fromTraffic will be transferred to NetFlow for free.)</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website for the long-term version</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.15 x64 (July 7, 2024)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to connect to multiple MUPSBOX servers on the MUPSBOX client</li><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to use the device's IP address as a name</li><br />
<li>Settings - Added the ability to disable the use of multiple IPs (added in previous version). Allows you to quickly connect to the device.</li><br />
<li>Device module - added D-Link some devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L2 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L3 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added Cisco some devices</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - added the ability to change color based on events</li><br />
<li>2FA module - NEW module in MUPSBOX, NEW service</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support PPP tunnels</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support WireGuard tunnel</li><br />
<li>Fix - backup to FTP Server</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website for the long-term version</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added direction for track</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1186Changelog2026-02-11T08:01:38Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.15 x64 (July 7, 2024)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to connect to multiple MUPSBOX servers on the MUPSBOX client</li><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to use the device's IP address as a name</li><br />
<li>Settings - Added the ability to disable the use of multiple IPs (added in previous version). Allows you to quickly connect to the device.</li><br />
<li>Device module - added D-Link some devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L2 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L3 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added Cisco some devices</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - added the ability to change color based on events</li><br />
<li>2FA module - NEW module in MUPSBOX, NEW service</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support PPP tunnels</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support WireGuard tunnel</li><br />
<li>Fix - backup to FTP Server</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website for the long-term version</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added direction for track</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1185Changelog2026-02-11T08:00:42Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.15 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to connect to multiple MUPSBOX servers on the MUPSBOX client</li><br />
<li>Settings - added the ability to use the device's IP address as a name</li><br />
<li>Settings - Added the ability to disable the use of multiple IPs (added in previous version). Allows you to quickly connect to the device.</li><br />
<li>Device module - added D-Link some devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L2 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added L3 NOS devices</li><br />
<li>Device module - added Cisco some devices</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - added the ability to change color based on events</li><br />
<li>2FA module - NEW module in MUPSBOX, NEW service</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support PPP tunnels</li><br />
<li>2FA module - added support WireGuard tunnel</li><br />
<li>Fix - backup to FTP Server</li><br />
<li>Fix - adoptation to changes on the mikrotik website for the long-term version</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added direction for track</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1184Backup2025-01-29T06:47:06Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS XE'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / soon<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Qtech'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|soon<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1183Backup2025-01-26T11:15:29Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Qtech'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|soon<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1182Backup2025-01-26T11:02:20Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Qtech'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1181Backup2025-01-26T10:59:41Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Qtech'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1180Backup2025-01-26T10:58:17Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1179Backup2023-12-03T12:27:24Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1178Backup2023-11-26T10:40:50Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<br />
* * mupsbox services interacting with mikrotik ros do not use telnet or ssh; in the current version the service with mikrotik ros uses only api<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1177Backup2023-11-26T10:37:26Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes* / Yes* / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1176Backup2023-11-26T10:04:23Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="7" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''SNMP Mng'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''D-Link DES/DGS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / ?<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1175Backup2023-11-26T10:00:30Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''CLI Capture / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1174Backup2023-05-14T11:57:33Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1173Backup2023-05-14T11:55:13Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|'''Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API'''<br />
|<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''TFTP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP / Diff'''<br />
|'''SCP(MB) / Diff'''<br />
|'''SFTP / Diff'''<br />
|<br />
|'''TFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)'''<br />
|'''FTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SCP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|'''SFTP / Diff / Resend''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco IOS'''<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|no / no<br />
|no / no<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''Cisco ASA'''<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|no / no<br />
|no /no<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv6'''<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''MikroTik ROSv7'''<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|'''Juniper'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Eltex'''<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1172Backup2023-05-14T11:48:40Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|FTP / DIFF<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|SCP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SFTP / Diff<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|FTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SCP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|-<br />
|Cisco IOS<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|no / no<br />
|no / no<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|Cisco ASA<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|no / no<br />
|no /no<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1171Backup2023-05-14T11:40:48Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|FTP / DIFF<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|SCP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SFTP / Diff<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|FTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SCP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|-<br />
|Cisco IOS<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|Yes / -<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
|Cisco ASA<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1170Backup2023-05-14T11:38:00Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|FTP / DIFF<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|SCP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SFTP / Diff<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|FTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SCP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|-<br />
|Cisco IOS<br />
|Yes / Yes / - / -<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / - / - </nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1169Backup2023-05-14T11:35:13Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
!<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
!<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|FTP / DIFF<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|SCP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SFTP / Diff<br />
|<br />
|TFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|FTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SCP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SFTP / Diff / Resend (ftp/sftp)<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1168Backup2023-05-14T11:32:18Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
! colspan="3" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
!<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|FTP / DIFF<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|SCP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP / Diff / Resend to (ftp/sftp)<br />
|FTP / Diff / Resend to (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SCP / Diff / Resend to (ftp/sftp)<br />
|SFTP / Diff / Resend to (ftp/sftp)<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
| - / - / -<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1167Backup2023-05-14T11:28:54Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
! colspan="6" |Backup - send from Device to<br />
! colspan="2" |Backup - get from Device via<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|FTP / DIFF<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|SCP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SFTP / Diff<br />
|via FTP<br />
|via SFTP<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
| - / -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| - / -<br />
| - / - <br />
|Yes / Yes<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1166Backup2023-05-14T11:24:03Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
! colspan="5" |Backup - send from Device to <br />
! colspan="2" |Download from device<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|TFTP / Diff<br />
|TFTP(MB) / Diff<br />
|SCP / Diff<br />
|to SCP<br />
|to SFTP<br />
|via FTP<br />
|via SFTP<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
| -/ -<br />
|<nowiki>- / -</nowiki><br />
| - / -<br />
|yes<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1165Backup2023-05-14T11:17:31Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
! colspan="5" |Upload from Device<br />
! colspan="2" |Download from device<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|to TFTP<br />
|<br />
|to FTP<br />
|to SCP<br />
|to SFTP<br />
|via FTP<br />
|via SFTP<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|yes<br />
|<br />
|yes<br />
|yes<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1164Backup2023-05-14T11:15:25Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!MUPSBOX management via<br />
! colspan="5" |Upload from Device<br />
! colspan="2" |Download from device<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Telnet / SSH / API / Rest-API<br />
|to TFTP<br />
|<br />
|to FTP<br />
|to SCP<br />
|to SFTP<br />
|via FTP<br />
|via SFTP<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / -<br />
|yes<br />
|<br />
|yes<br />
|yes<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv7<br />
|Yes / Yes / Yes / no<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1163Backup2023-05-14T11:13:03Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
!<br />
! colspan="5" |Upload from Device<br />
! colspan="2" |Download from device<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|to TFTP<br />
|<br />
|to FTP<br />
|to SCP<br />
|to SFTP<br />
|via FTP<br />
|via SFTP<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik ROSv6<br />
|<br />
|yes<br />
|<br />
|yes<br />
|yes<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
|-<br />
|Huawei<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1162Changelog2023-04-23T21:26:47Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added direction for track</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1161Changelog2023-04-23T21:26:28Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added direction for track</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1160Changelog2023-04-23T21:24:18Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1159Changelog2023-04-23T21:24:01Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB/li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>and more...</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1158Changelog2023-04-23T21:23:25Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - implemented connection to devices by login and password with Mupsbox DB/li><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>SysLog module - now separate database</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Add new Firebird</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1157Changelog2023-04-23T21:18:26Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>HotSpot module - HotSpot module - add support send SMS via ROS-LTE interfaces (previos version only ppp)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added graphics (rssi, speed, tech, ...)</li><br />
<li>GeoTrack module - added support for STYX RGW (RGrouter) devices</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1156Changelog2023-04-23T21:14:08Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added H3C devices</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex MES 24xx devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - new design interface</li><br />
<li>Backup module - fixed syncronization via API with many lines (more 1000)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1155Changelog2023-04-23T21:10:50Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.9 x64 (April 23, 2023)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Devices module - added support multiple IPs for MikroTik device</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added Cisco Nexsus devices</li><br />
<li>Devices module - added OpenWRT devices (new versions)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Eltex devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Cisco Nexus devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1154Backup2022-05-20T09:50:48Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]</p><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Vendor<br />
! colspan="4" |Upload from Device<br />
! colspan="2" |Download from device<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|to TFTP<br />
|to FTP<br />
|to SCP<br />
|to SFTP<br />
|via FTP<br />
|via SFTP<br />
|-<br />
|Cisco<br />
|yes<br />
|yes<br />
|yes<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
| -<br />
|-<br />
|Huawei<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Juniper<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|MikroTik<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Eltex<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1153Backup2022-05-20T09:15:05Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of devices (Cisco, HP, Huawei, MikroTik and e.t.c) with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]:</p><br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1152Changelog2022-03-27T15:44:54Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1151Changelog2022-03-27T15:43:08Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.6 x64 (March 27, 2022)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup module - added CISCO devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added HUAWEI devices (with DIFF)</li><br />
<li>FTP module - bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1150Changelog2021-12-26T15:11:06Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1149Changelog2021-12-26T15:10:05Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1> <br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.5 x64 (December 26, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Device list - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7 (fix upgrade ROS)</li><br />
<li>Pooling service - Adaptation for changes on the MikroTik website - due to RouterOS v7</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Backup module - added tab - Backup Jobs BETTA - backup of different vendors (available for tests - only cisco - manual job)</li><br />
<li>Small bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1148Backup2021-12-26T08:38:55Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of RouterOS devices with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]:</p><br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>IOS 12.1 and below</b> - can backup to ftp only if you use the standard port (21) in mupsbox settings.</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Backup&diff=1147Backup2021-12-26T08:34:41Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Backup Module'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''How to'''</h2><br />
<p>The module allows making tasks on the backup groups of RouterOS devices with the set parameters.<br />
In order for the module to work it is necessary to make sure that it is [[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#Install_and_Start_services|installed and running in Settings]]:</p><br />
<h2>'''Mikrotik jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Mikrotik jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-jobs.png|Backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 8 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-backup-button.png |Settings backup]] - Save Backup Settings to file<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:Settings-restore-button.png|Settings restore]] - Restore Backup Settings from file<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<h3>'''Add backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your routers, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-edit-job.png|Edit job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Source - select a group of routers from which we want create backup data<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Backup mode - there are six modes: system backup, export compact, export verbose for ROSv6, Mupsbox settings backup, Dude DB and User Manager DB<br></li><br />
<li>Schedule - there are three schedule modes: manual, daily, monthly<br></li><br />
<li>Encryption - ecnryption string what new backup will be encrypted. For system backup only applied.<br></li><br />
<li>Export path - Export not all backup configuration, only part backup configuration what start header of part backup configuration. For export compact and export verbose only applied.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>If daily or monthly schedule mode was chosen backup service will automaticaly start. Backup service should be started.</p><br />
<p>The Daily backup provides start backup day or days of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-daily.png|Backup daily]]<br />
<p>The Monthly backup provides start backup day of week:</p><br />
[[File:Backup-monthly.png|Backup monthly]] <br />
<p>The backup module can send email notification every time when a backup job was finished. For that action option "send an email notification after backup job" should be marked. If the recipient field will blank, a global notification email will be used instead.</p><br />
<p>The backup module can show differential information only for export compact and export verbose backup mode by email notification. At the same time, a full backup will save on an appropriate backup destination. Differential information will be marked by different colors. There are the next differential options:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Previous backup № - backup job compare information between current backup and appropriate № backup. For Example, if Previous backup # chosen 3 for a daily backup job, differential information between current backup and 3 days ago backup will be saved.<br></li><br />
<li>show all - send HTML file including all backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "show all". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
<li>difference - send HTML file differential backup configuration by email notification.<br></li><br />
<li>miss first string - same as "difference". The first string will not include in a report.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<p>Retention option can be used by the backup module for deletion old backup copies and keep disk space of backup destination on the same level. The number of retention copies provides to save that number on backup destination. Other copies will delete by the next running backup job.</p><br />
<p>Open ports must be used if access to the router from ftp and sftp ports is prohibited in your firewall</p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Destination'''</h2><br />
<p>The location that will keep backup copies should be configured on Destination tab.</p><br />
[[File:Destination.png|Destination]]<br />
<p>There are 3 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup destination]] - Add backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup destination]] - Delete backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:ftp.png|Check connection to FTP destination]] - Check connection to FTP destination<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<h3>'''Add backup destination'''</h3><br />
<p>For create new backup destination, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Edit destination window will open:</p><br />
[[File:add-destination.png|Add Destination]]<br />
<ul><br />
<li>Name - name of the backup destination<br></li><br />
<li>IP version - There is IP protocol communication to FTP or SFTP server. Be sure that IP V4 or IP V6 addresses applied in Device module.<br></li><br />
<li>Type of destination - There is destination can be ether to FTP/SFTP server (screenshot above) or to network folder (screenshot below).<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>FTP port - port of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP subfolder - There is destination as subfolder of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP host ip - ip address of FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP user - account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP password - password of account to access to FTP server.<br></li><br />
<li>Method - there is method of transfer protocol ether FTP of SFTP.<br></li><br />
<li>Port - number of port for FTP/SFTP connection.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:add-destination-folder.png|Add Destination Folder]]<br />
<p>There is destination as network folder have next fields:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Destination folder - the folder on network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Net path - network path to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>User - account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
<li>Password - password of account to access to network folder.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
<h2>'''Diff'''</h2><br />
<p>For compare different configuration the software has Diff tab. The Diff tab split windows into two parts. There is the next feature:</p><br />
<ul><br />
<li>Open backup file - the left file and/or right file.<br></li><br />
<li>Use the last number of backup - the feature on the left side.<br></li><br />
<li>Device - create and use to compare the current backup file. The feature on the right side.<br></li><br />
</ul><br />
[[File:Diff.png|Diff]]<br><br />
<p>The example of compare two configurations showed below:</p><br />
[[File:manual-diff.png|Diff]]<br />
<h2>'''Backup sync'''</h2><br />
<p>Backup sync provides synchronize parts of configuration from the primary RouterOS device to slave RouterOS device on a regular period of time. This feature can create redundancy solution on RouterOS Devices.</p><br />
[[File:BackupSync.PNG|BackupSync]]<br />
<p>For create new Backup sync, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add backup destination]], then the Backup sync window will open:</p><br />
[[File:AddBackupSync.png|Add Backup Sync]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the backup sync job<br></li><br />
<li>Master router - select a RouterOS device that will send part of configuration to MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>Slave routers - select group of RouterOS devices that will recieve part of configuration from MupsBox Application.</li><br />
<li>Export path - part of configuration what will syncronyzed from Master to Slave RouterOS Devices via MupsBox Application.<br></li><br />
<li>FTP/SFTP - transfer protocol that will used for syncronization.<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are three schedule modes: monthly, daily, hours/minutes.<br></li><br />
<li>Description - Comment for current backup sync job.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h2>'''Nix backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Nix backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco backup jobs'''</h2><br />
<p>When you click on the Nix backup jobs tab, you will see the following window:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-backup-job.png|Nix backup jobs]]<br />
<p>There are 6 buttons on the Jobs tab:</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>[[File:add.png|Add backup job]] - Add backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:remove.png|Delete backup job]] - Delete backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:enable.png|Enable backup job]] - Enable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:disable.png|Disable backup job]] - Disable backup job<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:run.png|Manual start backup job immediately]] - Manual start backup job immediately<br></li><br />
<li>[[File:refresh.png|Refresh list of backup jobs]] - Refresh list of backup jobs<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<p>The filter box is available for find appropriate nix backup job:</p><br />
[[File:Filter.PNG|Filter box]]<br />
<br />
<h3>'''Add Cisco backup job'''</h3><br />
<p>In order for the program create backup on your nix dervices, you must click on the [[File:add.png|Add Nix backup job]], then the Edit job window will open:</p><br />
[[File:Nix-job-add.png|Add Nix backup job]]<br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Job name - name of the job<br></li><br />
<li>Host - your Nix device<br></li><br />
<li>Path - path to the folder you want to backup, starting with the root directory<br></li><br />
<li>Destination - local or network place where backup copies will collected. First time Destination should be configured on Destination Tab<br></li><br />
<li>Period type - there are four types: manual, daily, monthly,Hours/minutes<br></li><br />
<li>Server type - the method by which you will connect and take backup files.<br></li><br />
<li>Folder type - how to create folders for the backup.<br></li><br />
<li>Folders level backup - specify the depth of backup folders, 0 does not limit the depth.<br></li><br />
<li>Diff enable - enable a differential option for a Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Diff typs - type of files to be compared; empty field means comparison of all files<br></li><br />
<li>Description - description in free interpretation<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1146Changelog2021-11-21T14:43:33Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1><br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=Changelog&diff=1145Changelog2021-11-21T14:42:46Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><b>Important! How to update is.</b><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<h1>'''Changelog'''</h1><br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.4 x64 (November 21, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Settings - activation - new structure</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup (BS up to 10 years)</li><br />
<li>Settings - activation - backup - added Cisco, Juniper, Huawei and e.t.c</li><br />
<li>Device list - adding devices directly from the "All device" tab</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when copy MikroTik devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - now you can write long commands</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.3 x64 (August 15, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - on the right button in the device, change the update channel</li><br />
<li>Device list - in the Mikrotik settings, the correct LTE setting</li><br />
<li>Device list - added space highlighting devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - when sorting, the selected lines are removed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Fixed bugs when working with groups</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.2 x64 (June 27, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors HP, Eltex, Juniper, Zyxel, Qtech, Fortinet, Extreme</li><br />
<li>Device list - Send commands to all devices and send multiple commands ([[API-SSH-Management|How to]])</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for all devices from tab All devices</li><br />
<li>Device list - When adding devices Mikrotik from add dev form net lte modem will be detected automatically</li><br />
<li>Added TFTP Server/Client</li><br />
<li>Request when closing the program</li><br />
<li>Notification when saving changes</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.4.1 x64 (June 08, 2021)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Stop all services and Firebird service to upgrade<br></li><br />
<li>Make a backup of the database<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>A new way to install the program, now through the installer.</li><br />
<li>Device list - added vendors Cisco, Huawei, Nix, Dlink (DSG)</li><br />
<li>Device list - fixed work on updating Mikrotik</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending commands for Mikrotik fixed</li><br />
<li>Device list - Sending ssh commands for nix, Cisco, huawei, dlink</li><br />
<li>Device list - Uniform form of device editing</li><br />
<li>Device list - Add device from net for Cisco, Dlink, Huawei</li><br />
<li>Device list - Mikrotik lte modem update</li><br />
<li>Device list - added new display fields such as serial number, mac address, etc.</li><br />
<li>Full software optimization, bugs fixed</li><br />
<li>Added right button functionality on all devices</li><br />
<li>Geotrack module - map fixed </li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.10 x64 (December 29, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added Hotspot wizard<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - accelerated work with a large number of equipment<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added column time and date when the device was added<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to distribute rights to device groups<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Updating dedicated devices, not just all or one<br></li><br />
<li>WEB module - certificates updated<br></li><br />
<br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.9 x64 (November 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added retention for nix <br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added spam detect<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed sms.ru<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.8 x64 (October 06, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram, Email only if error or diff <br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added backup if there were changes, for license BS <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added new API function "mb?filed"<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - fixed some bugs<br></li><br />
<li>WEB - fixed some bugs, added new functionality<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.6 x64 (September 07, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added notification to Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Settings Notifications - added settings for Telegram <br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Now you can select several devices and send a command to all of them (without a group)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - backup sync improved performance<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to send passwords to Telegram<br></li><br />
<li>Hotspot module - added the ability to add MAC address<br></li><br />
<li>API command - new function mbgetid<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added output uptime<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.4 x64 (June 24, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Backup service have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Fixed bug with retention<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.3 x64 (June 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.73 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added UM backup db, Dude backup DB, folder types<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Nix backup job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added telnet port<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added version package channel<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added pooling job<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added Nix devices<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - added the ability to control devices using the right mouse button<br></li><br />
<li>Device module - Using the right mouse button, you can add massively devices to groups<br></li><br />
<li>New hotspot module introduced ([[HotSpot#HotSpot_Module|HotSpot]])<br></li><br />
<li>New web module - operator`s console for creating tickets in hotspot module<br></li><br />
<li>Settings - Notifications - added TLS support<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.1 x64 (January 18, 2020)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.59 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now the backup service uses multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>Access to the program is now available by login and password<br></li><br />
<li>Users may have different access rights to modules<br></li><br />
<li>Minor bugs fixed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.3.0 x64 (Octomber 06, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Now our program has become 64 bit <br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.42 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Geotrack module available in demo mode<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program multithreading<br></li><br />
<li>There are options where you can select the action by double-clicking, the number of threads and more<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module - now you can snap the device by coordinates and look at the map the location of all devices<br></li><br />
<li>Polling service added<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - improved module operation, increased reporting speed<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.7 (September 03, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.38 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added auto-scan of devices on the network and automatic addition to the MupsBox database<br></li><br />
<li>Improved work with the interface<br></li><br />
<li>Improved data display speed in the syslog module<br></li><br />
<li>Added version checking<br></li><br />
<li>Added automatic database packaging in the traffic module<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.6 (August 26, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.34 <br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for IPV6<br></li><br />
<li>Added support for SFTP in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added SFTP server<br></li><br />
<li>Added backup sync in the backup module<br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to import a RSC file with a configuration to a group of devices<br></li><br />
<li>Improved program performance on multi-core systems<br></li><br />
<li>Devices - added comment for device<br></li><br />
<li>A new type of license for the D1 backup module (Demonstration of full functionality for 1 week)<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.2 (July 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 2.5 database support terminated<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.21 <br></li><br />
<li>Added the ability to backup all program settings on a schedule.<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed recovery of program settings<br></li><br />
<li>Added version of services.<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Fixed traffic module (errors with multiple requests)<br></li><br />
<li>To switch from DB 2.5, you need to rewrite the MupBox to the folder with the old DB and run it. After updating the database version, go to the Backup module and click on the Settings backup button. Then save the old version of the program and database in another folder. Then install Firebird 3.0 and run the MupBox program. After creating a new database, go to the backup module and click the Settings restore button, select the folder where you saved them and click on any settings file.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.2.1 (July 04, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Firebird 3.x support added (x32 and x64)<br></li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.20 <br></li><br />
<li>FTP and Backup services have been updated ([[Install_and_Basic_Configuration#How_to_Upgrade_MupsBox|How to upgrade MupsBox]])<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added custom winbox and ssh port<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - added DNS resolve. Instead of the IP address, you can write DNS name.<br></li><br />
<li>Device List - Now you can connect to the router via the winbox and via ssh with an empty password.<br></li><br />
<li>Device on group - added data duplication check<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to network folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Diff module full functionality. After the service has made a backup of your devices, it will send all changes to the routers to the email.<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added backup storage depth<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - Added the ability to backup all program settings and restore them.<br></li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Fixed adding jobs.</li><br />
<li>Traffic module - Added button delete all data.</li><br />
<li>Syslog module - Added auto update of the list of logs for a given period in seconds.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.51 (June 14, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.11 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version)<br></li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)<br></li><br />
<li>Devices module added<br></li><p><ul><br />
<li>Filtering routers by groups<br></li><br />
<li>Filtering routers by keywords, ip addresses, etc.<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to upload the filtered or the entire list of devices in the Exel file.<br></li><br />
<li>Enter the device from the program via winbox or ssh (It is necessary to put the winbox and putty utilities in the program folder)<br></li><br />
<li>The ability to activate or deactivate the device.<br></li></ul></p></li><br />
<li>Configurator - VPN lite module added<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can back up to local folders on the server (Routers for NAT).<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - now you can export a file along the way (Export Path)<br></li><br />
<li>Backup module - added Diff module (while in manual mode)<br></li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to delete content<br></li><br />
<li>All passwords are stored in encrypted form.<br></li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.49 (May 17, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Service backup fixed, now works with both local and external FTP server</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.48 (May 15, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>The database version is updated to 1.6 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>All services have been updated (To upgrade, you must stop the services and overwrite them in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Now email can send emails over SSL.</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has completely redesigned the process of polling routers and sending commands to routers.</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Settings for groups button</li><br />
<li>Devices module added Board-name and Model columns</li><br />
<li>The Devices module has the line below added - the total number of devices and the number of devices that are not available</li><br />
<li>Added module Configurator</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has been added to the Packing base button and the module operation process has been completely revised.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.47 (08 April 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.4 (after starting the program, you need to update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
<li>The MBBackupService.exe service is updated (To update, you must stop the service and overwrite it in the MupsBox folder)</li><br />
<li>Email alert added</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to router</li><br />
<li>Devices module added a button to transfer command to a group of routers</li><br />
<li>The Traffic module has added a tab to generate reports for the selected parameters.</li><br />
<li>The Backup module in the JOB has added the ability to send a report to an email upon completion of Job’s</li><br />
<li>Syslog module added the ability to filter by date and time interval in these dates.</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.46 (March 21, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Syslog module added</li><br />
<li>Traffic module improved data handling (search by conditions)</li><br />
<li>Devices module added columns with the current version, new version, current firmware, and new firmware</li><br />
<li>Devices module added operating system update and BIOS update buttons for a routers</li><br />
<li>Devices module added the ability to select routers via Ctrl (for now only for deletion)</li><br />
<li>The Backup module added a progress bar at the manual start to display the progress of the module.</li><br />
<li>Database version updated to 1.2 (after starting the program, update the database version and restart the MupsBox program)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<p>'''MupsBox v1.1.45 (February 19, 2019)'''</p><br />
<p><ul><br />
<li>Improved work with services.</li><br />
<li>Added API port for editing (Device list)</li><br />
<li>Increased the number of characters to enter the Hostname</li><br />
<li>Added tab to work with the Database database in Settings</li><br />
<li>Added version of the database (ver1.1)</li><br />
</ul></p><br />
<br />
<div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top ]]</span></div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=API-SSH-Management&diff=1143API-SSH-Management2021-06-29T08:14:12Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Management Device'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''Introduction'''</h2><br />
<p>Device management via api and (or) ssh. </p><br />
<p>Management can be globally divided into two parts: group configuration your devices and request-response for reporting your settings.</p><br />
<p>To send the command:</p>you can select the devices to which you want to send the command:<br />
<br />
[[File:command1.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
or use your groups:<br />
<br />
[[File:command2.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Command type:'''<br />
<br />
There are several ways to interact with devices (this depends on the specific manufacturer and version of the operating system)<br />
<br />
'''Terminal command''' - send command via SSH<br />
<br />
'''Rsc file''' - send configuration file<br />
<br />
'''API command''' - send command via API<br />
<br />
<br />
''if there is no choice, this means that work on SSH''<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco - IOS'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command IOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n''' <br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''MikroTik ROS v6'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command RouterOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
as well as<br />
<br />
'''in br ad na=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once<br />
<br />
'''int br ad na=bridge1'''#13'''int bri ad na=bridge2'''<br />
<br />
use a separator #13 between commands<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Eltex'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n'''<br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser1 privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'mbuser1'?'''<br />
<br />
show run #13 mb?mbuser1#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Huawei'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Linux'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br><br><div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top]]</span></div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=API-SSH-Management&diff=1142API-SSH-Management2021-06-29T07:00:31Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Management Device'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''Introduction'''</h2><br />
<p>Device management via api and (or) ssh. </p><br />
<p>Management can be globally divided into two parts: group configuration your devices and request-response for reporting your settings.</p><br />
<p>To send the command:</p>you can select the devices to which you want to send the command:<br />
<br />
[[File:command1.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
or use your groups:<br />
<br />
[[File:command2.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Command type:'''<br />
<br />
There are several ways to interact with devices (this depends on the specific manufacturer and version of the operating system)<br />
<br />
'''Terminal command''' - send command via SSH<br />
<br />
'''Rsc file''' - send configuration file<br />
<br />
'''API command''' - send command via API<br />
<br />
<br />
''if there is no choice, this means that work on SSH''<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco - IOS'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command IOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n''' <br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''MikroTik ROS v6'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command RouterOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
as well as<br />
<br />
'''in br ad na=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once<br />
<br />
'''int br ad na=bridge1'''#13'''int bri ad na=bridge2'''<br />
<br />
use a separator #13 between commands<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Eltex'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n'''<br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
show run #13 mb?mbuser1#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Huawei'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Linux'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br><br><div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top]]</span></div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=API-SSH-Management&diff=1141API-SSH-Management2021-06-27T13:59:54Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Management Device'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''Introduction'''</h2><br />
<p>Device management via api and (or) ssh. </p><br />
<p>Management can be globally divided into two parts: group configuration your devices and request-response for reporting your settings.</p><br />
<p>To send the command:</p>you can select the devices to which you want to send the command:<br />
<br />
[[File:command1.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
or use your groups:<br />
<br />
[[File:command2.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Command type:'''<br />
<br />
There are several ways to interact with devices (this depends on the specific manufacturer and version of the operating system)<br />
<br />
'''Terminal command''' - send command via SSH<br />
<br />
'''Rsc file''' - send configuration file<br />
<br />
'''API command''' - send command via API<br />
<br />
<br />
''if there is no choice, this means that work on SSH''<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco - IOS'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command IOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n''' <br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''MikroTik ROS v6'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command RouterOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
as well as<br />
<br />
'''in br ad na=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once<br />
<br />
'''int br ad na=bridge1'''#13'''int bri ad na=bridge2'''<br />
<br />
use a separator #13 between commands<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Eltex'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n'''<br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
'''Notice:''' '''mbcount''' - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x).<br />
<br />
'''mb?'''filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Huawei'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Linux'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br><br><div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top]]</span></div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=API-SSH-Management&diff=1140API-SSH-Management2021-06-27T13:57:21Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Management Device'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''Introduction'''</h2><br />
<p>Device management via api and (or) ssh. </p><br />
<p>Management can be globally divided into two parts: group configuration your devices and request-response for reporting your settings.</p><br />
<p>To send the command:</p>you can select the devices to which you want to send the command:<br />
<br />
[[File:command1.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
or use your groups:<br />
<br />
[[File:command2.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Command type:'''<br />
<br />
There are several ways to interact with devices (this depends on the specific manufacturer and version of the operating system)<br />
<br />
'''Terminal command''' - send command via SSH<br />
<br />
'''Rsc file''' - send configuration file<br />
<br />
'''API command''' - send command via API<br />
<br />
<br />
''if there is no choice, this means that work on SSH''<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco - IOS'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command IOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n''' <br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''MikroTik ROS v6'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command RouterOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
as well as<br />
<br />
'''in br ad na=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once<br />
<br />
'''int br ad na=bridge1'''#13'''int bri ad na=bridge2'''<br />
<br />
use a separator #13 between commands<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Eltex'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI commandlike as:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Huawei'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Linux'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br><br><div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top]]</span></div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=API-SSH-Management&diff=1131API-SSH-Management2021-06-27T13:37:18Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Management Device'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''Introduction'''</h2><br />
<p>Device management via api and (or) ssh. </p><br />
<p>Management can be globally divided into two parts: group configuration your devices and request-response for reporting your settings.</p><br />
<p>To send the command:</p>you can select the devices to which you want to send the command:<br />
<br />
[[File:command1.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
or use your groups:<br />
<br />
[[File:command2.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Command type:'''<br />
<br />
There are several ways to interact with devices (this depends on the specific manufacturer and version of the operating system)<br />
<br />
'''Terminal command''' - send command via SSH<br />
<br />
'''Rsc file''' - send configuration file<br />
<br />
'''API command''' - send command via API<br />
<br />
<br />
''if there is no choice, this means that work on SSH''<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco - IOS'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command IOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n''' <br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''MikroTik ROS v6'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command RouterOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
as well as<br />
<br />
'''in br ad na=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once<br />
<br />
'''int br ad na=bridge1'''#13'''int bri ad na=bridge2'''<br />
<br />
use a separator #13 between commands<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Huawei'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Linux'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br><br><div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top]]</span></div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div></div>Tolstiihttps://wiki.mupssoft.com/index.php?title=API-SSH-Management&diff=1130API-SSH-Management2021-06-27T13:35:05Z<p>Tolstii: </p>
<hr />
<div><h1>'''Management Device'''</h1><br />
<h2>'''Introduction'''</h2><br />
<p>Device management via api and (or) ssh. </p><br />
<p>Management can be globally divided into two parts: group configuration your devices and request-response for reporting your settings.</p><br />
<p>To send the command:</p>you can select the devices to which you want to send the command:<br />
<br />
[[File:command1.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
or use your groups:<br />
<br />
[[File:command2.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Command type:'''<br />
<br />
There are several ways to interact with devices (this depends on the specific manufacturer and version of the operating system)<br />
<br />
'''Terminal command''' - send command via SSH<br />
<br />
'''Rsc file''' - send configuration file<br />
<br />
'''API command''' - send command via API<br />
<br />
<br />
''if there is no choice, this means that work on SSH''<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Cisco - IOS'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command IOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''show clock'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once (neded if commands runs on privileged mode)<br />
<br />
in order not to enter a password, you can use a variable: '''#su#''' or '''#privilegeduser#''' (variable it will only work if you specified a password in the equipment settings)<br />
<br />
use a separator between commands '''#13''' or '''#/n''' <br />
<br />
example:<br />
<br />
set new hostname on router<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13'''yourpassord'''#13'''configure terminal'''#13'''hostname MBRouter229'''<br />
<br />
create new user<br />
<br />
'''enable'''#13#su##13'''configure terminal'''#13'''username mbuser privilege 15 password PassW0rd'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via SSH'''<br />
<br />
Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
'''show users on router'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==1''#13''<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the no user 'man'?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?man priv''#13'' mbcount==0''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on the router?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?username''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''how many users on a router with level 15?'''<br />
<br />
enable''#13#su##13''show run | i username mb?privilege 15''#13'' mbcount''#13''<br />
<br />
'''where no default routes on IPv6 (no use ipv6)?'''<br />
<br />
show ipv6 route mb?::/0#13 mbcount==1<br />
<br />
<br />
as you understand, you can give any command and indicate what we are looking for<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''MikroTik ROS v6'''</h2><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via SSH</u>'''<br />
<br />
Enter the usual CLI command RouterOS, like as:<br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
as well as<br />
<br />
'''in br ad na=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
send multiple commands at once<br />
<br />
'''int br ad na=bridge1'''#13'''int bri ad na=bridge2'''<br />
<br />
use a separator #13 between commands<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>SEND CONFIGURATION COMMAND: via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
API closely follows syntax from command line interface (CLI). It can be used to create translated or custom configuration tools to aid ease of use running and managing routers with RouterOS.<br />
<br />
[[File:command3.png|Edit job]]<br />
<br />
sample a full syntax for API commandsCLI: <br />
<br />
'''interface bridge add name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/interface/bridge/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=name=bridge1'''<br />
<br />
CLI: <br />
<br />
'''ip firewall nat add chain=srcnat out-interface=ether1 action=masquerade''' <br />
<br />
API: <br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add'''<br />
<br />
'''=chain=srcnat'''<br />
<br />
'''=out-interface=ether1''' <br />
<br />
'''=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
API one line with separator:<br />
<br />
'''/ip/firewall/nat/add;=chain=srcnat;=out-interface=ether1;=action=masquerade'''<br />
<br />
''the default separator is ; , but it can be changed in MUPSBOX - Settings ->''<br />
<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
'''add new user'''<br />
<br />
/user/add<br />
<br />
=name=username<br />
<br />
=group=full<br />
<br />
=password=userpassword<br />
<br />
=comment=this is new user<br />
<br />
'''remove user'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
=.id=username<br />
<br />
'''disable all rules in /ip/firewall/filter where chain=input and action=drop'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/disable<br />
<br />
?chain=input<br />
<br />
?action=drop<br />
<br />
?#&<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
'''delete all users except mupsbox'''<br />
<br />
/user/remove<br />
<br />
?name=mupsbox<br />
<br />
?#!<br />
<br />
mbgetid<br />
<br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;"><br />
[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbgetid</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, allows you to combine several commands: perform an action with a preliminary request to get id, execute a print query c .proplist = .id, storing the result in the array and then performing the desired action. </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;">'''?#''operations''''' ''- applies operations to the values in the stack. '''<code>!</code>''' character replaces top value with the opposite. '''<code>&</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'and' operation. '''<code>|</code>''' pops two values and pushes result of logical 'or' operation.'' </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"></p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>REQUEST-RESPONSE (reporting): via API</u>'''<br />
<br />
Using api - you get feedback. This is very important because you will always know if the command was executed successfully. Also, you get the opportunity to build reports using API: request->response. Here are some examples.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''on which router is the user 'admin'?'''<br />
<br />
/user/print<br />
<br />
?name=admin<br />
<br />
mbcount==1<br />
<br />
'''on which router firewall is not configured, for example, rules < 3 ?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/firewall/filter/print<br />
<br />
mbcount=<3<br />
<br />
'''on which router is dns server 8.8.4.4 configured?'''<br />
<br />
/ip/dns/print<br />
<br />
mb?servers=8.8.4.4<br />
<br />
<br><br />
<div id="shbox" style=" border-width:1px; border-color:lightgrey; padding: 2px 5px 2px 10px; min-height:56px; border-style:solid; font-size: 0.9em;">[[File:Icon-warn.png|left|56px|56px]]<br />
<p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b style="color:green;">Notice:</b> <b>mbcount</b> - proproetary function mupsbox, gets counts data replies (!re),mbcount= (=x, >x , <x, ==x, =>x, =<x). </p><p style="margin-top:10px; margin-left: 56px;"><b>mb?</b>filed - allows you to build queries where there is no where attribute, mb?(field)(=/!=/<>)</p></div><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Huawei'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<h2>'''Linux'''</h2>comming soon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br><br><div id="BackToTop" class="noprint" style="background-color:#DDEFDD; position:fixed;<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
bottom:32px; left:2%; z-index:9999; padding:0; margin:0;"><span style="color:blue;<br />
font-size:8pt; font-face:verdana,sans-serif; border:0.2em outset #ceebf7;<br />
padding:0.1em; font-weight:bolder; -moz-border-radius:8px; "><br />
[[#top| Back to the Top]]</span></div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><br />
<div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div><div id="turnkey-credit"> <div style="clear: both;"> [https://www.turnkeylinux.org/mediawiki MediaWiki Appliance] - Powered by [https://www.turnkeylinux.org TurnKey Linux] </div> </div></div>Tolstii